List of Events
Return to Site | View Calendar | Mobile Version

to   


Wednesday February 28, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM    Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session I
Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
 
11:30 AM - 1:00 PM    18+ Open Gym
 
1:00 PM - 5:45 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session 1
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Thursday February 29, 2024
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Open Gym Time - Walking Time
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
11:45 AM - 12:30 PM    MVP Exercise Programs - MVP Lunch Time Power and Balance Total Body Circuits
Instructor:  Maria Migliori, Certified Group Fitness                                                     MVP Health Promotion ManagerPower and Balance Moves Total Body CircuitsDesigned for all levels of fitness! During this circuit training class, you will move through timed exercises that includes low-impact aerobics, weight training, and balance exercises to enhance strength, coordination, and endurance for a total body workout. This free weekly class is, brought to you by MVP Health Care.Intensity Level: Moderate to high, modifications are offered for all levels.
 
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
3:45 PM - 5:15 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Saratoga Volleyball Club
 
Friday March 1, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM    Pickleball - Learn to play pickleball 4-week series Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
3:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Open Gym Time - Ages 12-17 with signed waver
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM    Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball
Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.
 
Saturday March 2, 2024
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
Monday March 4, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM    Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session II
Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
 
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM    Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Beginners Monday Afternoon Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pickleball - Intermediate Mondays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Tuesday March 5, 2024
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Open Gym Time - Walking Time
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Wednesday March 6, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM    Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session I
Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
 
11:30 AM - 1:00 PM    18+ Open Gym
 
1:00 PM - 5:45 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Thursday March 7, 2024
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Open Gym Time - Walking Time
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
11:45 AM - 12:30 PM    MVP Exercise Programs - MVP Lunch Time Power and Balance Total Body Circuits
Instructor:  Maria Migliori, Certified Group Fitness                                                     MVP Health Promotion ManagerPower and Balance Moves Total Body CircuitsDesigned for all levels of fitness! During this circuit training class, you will move through timed exercises that includes low-impact aerobics, weight training, and balance exercises to enhance strength, coordination, and endurance for a total body workout. This free weekly class is, brought to you by MVP Health Care.Intensity Level: Moderate to high, modifications are offered for all levels.
 
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
3:45 PM - 5:15 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Saratoga Volleyball Club
 
Friday March 8, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM    Pickleball - Learn to play pickleball 4-week series Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
3:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Open Gym Time - Ages 12-17 with signed waver
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM    Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball
Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.
 
Saturday March 9, 2024
7:00 AM - 7:00 PM    Volley Ball Tournament
 
7:00 AM - 7:00 PM    Volleyball Tournament
 
Sunday March 10, 2024
7:00 AM - 5:00 PM    Volleyball Tournament
 
7:00 AM - 7:00 PM    Volley Ball Tournament
 
Monday March 11, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM    Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session II
Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
 
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM    Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Beginners Monday Afternoon Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pickleball - Intermediate Mondays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Tuesday March 12, 2024
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Open Gym Time - Walking Time
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Wednesday March 13, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM    Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session II
Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
 
11:30 AM - 1:00 PM    18+ Open Gym
 
1:00 PM - 5:45 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Thursday March 14, 2024
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Open Gym Time - Walking Time
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
11:45 AM - 12:30 PM    MVP Exercise Programs - MVP Lunch Time Power and Balance Total Body Circuits
Instructor:  Maria Migliori, Certified Group Fitness                                                     MVP Health Promotion ManagerPower and Balance Moves Total Body CircuitsDesigned for all levels of fitness! During this circuit training class, you will move through timed exercises that includes low-impact aerobics, weight training, and balance exercises to enhance strength, coordination, and endurance for a total body workout. This free weekly class is, brought to you by MVP Health Care.Intensity Level: Moderate to high, modifications are offered for all levels.
 
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
3:45 PM - 5:15 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Saratoga Volleyball Club
 
Friday March 15, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
3:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Open Gym Time - Ages 12-17 with signed waver
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM    Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball
Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.
 
Saturday March 16, 2024
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Saturday Morning
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
Monday March 18, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM    Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session II
Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
 
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM    Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Beginners Monday Afternoon Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pickleball - Intermediate Mondays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Tuesday March 19, 2024
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Open Gym Time - Walking Time
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
12:00 PM - 1:30 PM    Pickleball - Dinking 101
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
1:45 PM - 3:15 PM    Pickleball - The First Four Shots
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Wednesday March 20, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM    Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session II
Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
 
11:30 AM - 1:00 PM    18+ Open Gym
 
1:00 PM - 5:45 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Thursday March 21, 2024
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Open Gym Time - Walking Time
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
3:45 PM - 5:15 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Saratoga Volleyball Club
 
Friday March 22, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM    Pickleball - Serving Clinic
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
3:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Open Gym Time - Ages 12-17 with signed waver
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM    Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball
Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.
 
Saturday March 23, 2024
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Saturday Morning
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
Monday March 25, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM    Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session II
Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
 
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM    Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Beginners Monday Afternoon Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pickleball - Intermediate Mondays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Tuesday March 26, 2024
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Open Gym Time - Walking Time
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Wednesday March 27, 2024
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor:  Becky Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.  She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered f you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.  M/W/FTime: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. Dates:9/6-9/29No classes: 9/2, 9/4Cost: 11 workouts /$143 7 workouts /$112 (must choose days at the time of registration) September Session Tuesday Evenings  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 9/5, 9/12, 9/19, 9/26 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 September Session Saturday Morning Day: Saturday  Time: 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 9/9, 9/16, 9/23, 9/30 Cost: 4 workouts /$64 October Session Mornings Days: M/W/F 10/2-11/3 No classes:10/9 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Cost: 14 workouts /$182 8 workouts /$128  October SessionTuesday Evening Day: Tuesday  5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 10/3, 10/10, 10/17, 10/24, 10/31 Cost: 5 workouts /$80  October SessionSaturday Morning  Saturday  8:00-8:45A.M. 10/7, 10/14, 10/21, 10/28 Cost: 4 workouts /$64  November Session Morning M/W/F11/6-12/1No classes:11/10, 11/23, 11/24, 11/25 Time: 5:30-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M.  Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.  
 
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM    Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session II
Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
 
11:30 AM - 1:00 PM    18+ Open Gym
 
1:00 PM - 5:45 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
Thursday March 28, 2024
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Open Gym Time - Walking Time
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM    Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM    Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session II
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 points Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor  Registration taken from 6:15-6:45Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmSEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019.  She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification.  Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking 101 You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies.  Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1 person $60 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $75 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  In order to book a lesson you must have an account.  ( Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
 
3:45 PM - 5:15 PM    Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym
All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates 
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Saratoga Volleyball Club